SlideShare ist ein Scribd-Unternehmen logo
1 von 177
Downloaden Sie, um offline zu lesen
By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez                                                                          Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials

                                               Table of Contents ‫ﻓﻬﺮس اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬

7 ............................................................ Lesson 1: Working with Projects ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻷول: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ‬
7 ......................................................... Creating a New Drawing and Project ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع و رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
8 .....................................................................Setting Up the Point Database ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
9 .................................................................................. Setting Up the New Drawing ‫إﻋﺪاد رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
14 ............................................. Reviewing the Project Directory Structure ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
15 ............................................. Lesson 2: Changing Project Settings ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ: ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
15 ..... Copying a Project and Re-associating the Current Drawing ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع و إﻋﺎدة رﺑﻂ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
17 ................................................... Changing Drawing Setup Parameters ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
20 ................................................................................ Editing Drawing Settings ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
22 ..................................................... Lesson 3: Working with Point Objects ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
22 ........................................................................................... Listing Point Objects ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
23 ........................................ Inserting Points from the Point Database ‫إدراج ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
25 .............................................................................. Changing Point Elevations ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
27 ....................................................... Changing Point Display Properties ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
28 .......................................................... Changing Point Markers and Text ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻨﺺ‬
31 ........................................ Controlling Point Display by Layer ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت‬
32 .............................................................................. Lesson 4:Creating Points ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط‬
32 ................................................................................... Creating Points Manually ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‬
33 .............................. Specifying Automatic Elevations and Descriptions ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب و وﺻﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
34 ............................................... Creating Points in the Points Database ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
36 ........................................................................... Placing Points on an Object ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ آﺎﺋﻦ‬
36 ................................................... Placing Points Along an Alignment ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
37 .......................................................................... Placing Points on a Surface ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
39 ............................................................................ Lesson5: Editing Points ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ: ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
39 ................................................................................... Selecting Points to Edit ‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
41 .......................................................................................... Unlocking Points ‫إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
42 ..........................................................................Editing Point Datum ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
43 ............................ Editing Points with AutoCAD Commands AutoCAD ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أواﻣﺮ اﻟـ‬
44 .............................................................................................Using Check Points ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
46 ....................................... Lesson 6: Working with Point Groups ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎدس: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
46 ..................................................................................... Creating a Point Group ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط‬
          Creating a Point Group Using the Raw Desc ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
47 .......................................................................................................................... Matching Tab
49 .............................................. Applying Overrides to Point Groups ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻬﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
51 ............................................................................... Updating Point Groups ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
53 ................................................... Organizing Points by Descriptions ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ: ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
53 .................................................................. Creating a Description Key File ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح وﺻﻒ‬
55 ................................................................................ Creating Description Keys ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﺎح وﺻﻒ‬
57 ....................................................................................... Creating a Label Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‬
59 ......................................................Inserting Points with Description Keys ‫إدراج ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﺻﻒ‬
60 ...... Lesson 8: Importing Points from an ASCII Text File ‫ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬ASCII ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ: اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
60 .......................................................................... Creating a Point File Format ‫إﻧﺸﺎء هﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎط‬
63 ................................................... Importing an ASCII Text Point File ‫ ﻧﺼﻲ‬ASCII ‫اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎط‬
 Lesson 9: Labeling Lines, Curves, Spirals ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ: ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط و اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت و اﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺤﻠﺰوﻧﻴﺔ و اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
66 .................................................................................................................................. and Points
66 ............................................................................... Changing Label Settings ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
68 ........................................................................... Labeling Lines and Points ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط و اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
71 ................................................ Changing a Label Attached to an Object ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
73 ... Lesson 10: Creating Label Styles for Lines and Points ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط و اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
73 ........................................................ Creating a New Line Label Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط‬
76 ........................................................................................................... Labeling a Line ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺧﻂ‬


                                                                    -3-
By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez                                                                   Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials

77 ..........................................................Creating a New Point Label Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط‬
79 ........................................................................................................ Labeling a Point ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
82 Lesson 11: Creating Tag Labels and Object Tables ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺤﺎدي ﻋﺸﺮ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ و ﺟﺪاول ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬
82 .................................................................... Creating a New Tag Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
83 .................................................................... Labeling Objects with Tags ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
84 ..................................................................................... Creating a Line Table ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪول ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط‬
87 ...................................................................................... Creating a Point Table ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪول ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط‬
91 ........................................... Updating (Re-drawing) an Object Table ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ( ﺟﺪول‬
92 ............................................................................ Understanding Table Objects ‫ﻓﻬﻢ اﻟﺠﺪول آﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
96 ... Lesson 12: Working with the Terrain Model Explorer‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﻧﻤﻮذج اﻷرض‬
96 .................................................................... Creating a New Surface Folder ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
97 ........................................................................................Adding Point Data ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
98 .......................................................................... Adding Contour Data ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط آﻨﺘﻮر‬
99 .................................................. Adding Breakline Data from Points ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط‬
102 ............. Adding Breakline Data from 3D Polylines ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺧﻄﻮط ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬
103 ..................... Adding Breakline Data from 2D Polylines ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻂ اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺧﻄﻮط ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬
105 ............................................................. Adding Surface Boundary Data ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺣﺪود اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
106 .....................................................................................................Building a Surface ‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﺳﻄﺢ‬
108 ............................................................ Lesson 13: Editing Surfaces ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ‬
108 ................................................................ Identifying Triangulation Problems ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ‬
109 .......................................................................... Adding Points to the Surface ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ‬
110 .............................................. Adding and Deleting TIN Lines ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أو ﺣﺬف ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎت‬
111 ................................................................................... Flipping TIN Faces ‫ﻗﻠﺐ أوﺟﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎت‬
113 ................................................................. Applying Surface Edit History ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
114 .......................................................... Lesson 14: Creating Contours ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ: إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬
114 ................................................................................................. Creating Contours ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬
115 .................................................................. Creating a New Contour Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬
118 ................................................................. Applying a New Contour Style ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬
119 ........................................................................... Labeling Contours (‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر )إدراج اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ‬
121 .......................................................................... Converting Contour Objects ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آﺎﺋﻦ اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬
122 ................................................................................................... Editing Contours ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬
124 ................................................... Lesson 15: Generating Sections ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت‬
124 ...... Defining and Processing Sections From Single Surface ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ و ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ واﺣﺪ‬
125 ........................................ Importing Sections From Single Surface ‫اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ واﺣﺪ‬
126 .. Creating and Processing Sections from Multiple Surfaces ‫إﻧﺸﺎء و ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ أﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
127 ..................................Importing Sections From Multiple Surfaces ‫اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ أﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
127 .................................................................... Viewing Dynamic Sections ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ‬
130 ..................................................... Lesson 16: Visualizing Surfaces ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎدس ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
130 ........................................................................ Creating Elevation Banding ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع‬
132 ......................................... Viewing Surfaces in the Object Viewer ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة اﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎهﺪ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬
133 ................................. Using Object Viewer Navigation Tools ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أدوات اﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎهﺪ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬
134 ............................................................ Delineating Watershed Areas ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎت ﻣﺠﺎري اﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
138 .........................................Lesson 17: Calculating Site Volumes ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺣﺴﺎب آﻤﻴﺎت ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
138 .................................................................... Defining a Stratum and a Site ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ و اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
141 ................................................................... Calculating Grid Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
144 ..................................................... Calculating Composite Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت‬
146 ............................................. Calculating Section Method Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت‬
148 .........................................................................Viewing the Volume Report ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت‬
149 ..................................................................... Calculating Parcel Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب آﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ أرض‬
151 ................................................... Generating Cut and Fill Contours ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﻮط آﻨﺘﻮر ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺮ و اﻟﺮدم‬
153 ..................................................... Generating Grid Ticks and Labels ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
155 . Lesson 18: Drawing Tangents, Curves, and Spirals ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ: رﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس و اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ و اﻟﺤﻠﺰون‬
155 ................................................................................................... Drawing Tangents ‫رﺳﻢ ﻣﻤﺎس‬


                                                                -4-
By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez                                                                             Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials

156 .................................................................................................... Drawing Curves ‫رﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت‬
157 ...................................................................................................... Drawing Spirals ‫رﺳﻢ ﺣﻠﺰون‬
158 ........................................................................ Working with Speed Tables ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺠﺪاول اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
162 ................................................ Attaching Multiple Alignment Objects ‫رﺑﻂ ﻋﺪة آﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺧﻄﻮط اﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
164 ............... Lesson 19: Defining and Editing Alignments ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ و ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
164 ........................................ Defining an Alignment from a Polyline ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺧﻄﻮط‬
165 .............................................. Defining an Alignment from Objects ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪة آﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬
167 ........................................... Viewing and Editing Alignment Data ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة و ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
169 ................................................................Generating Alignment Reports ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﺎرﻳﺮ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
 Lesson 20: Creating Alignment Stationing and Offsets ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻌﺸﺮون: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﻄﺎت و إزاﺣﺔ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
171 .................................................................................................................................................
171 .......................................................................... Changing Station Settings ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
173 ........................................................... Generating Alignment Stationing ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
176 ..................................................................................................... Creating Offsets ‫إﻧﺸﺎء إزاﺣﺔ‬




                                                                       -5-
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                     ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ هﺎﻣﺔ‬
       ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪروس و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺪروس و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
                                ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ و ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ إﻟﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ و هﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:‬
   ‫‪C:Program FilesLand Desktop 2006Landtut‬‬

   ‫ﻓﺈذا آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ أﺟﺮﻳﺖ درس ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴـﻘﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻪ إﻟﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ 6002 ‪Land Projects‬‬
                                                             ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺪرس ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.‬




                                                      ‫-6-‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                       ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬



                                            ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻷول: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ ‪Lesson 1: Working with Projects‬‬

 ‫أول ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ هﻮ أن اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Drawings‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻤﺸﺮوع ‪ Project‬و اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬
                                                     ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أو ﻧﻘﺎط أو أﺳﻄﺢ أو ﺧﻂ أﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ أو أرﺻﺎد ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ.‬
                           ‫إن ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻻ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Drawing‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪات ‪ Folders‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم.‬

                                                                   ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬
                                                               ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬
‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬

                                            ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع و رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪Creating a New Drawing and Project‬‬

               ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ إﻧﺸﺎء رﺳﻢ ‪ Drawing‬و ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬
                                                                                 ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.New‬‬
                                                            ‫2- أدﺧﻞ 1_‪ Lesson‬أﻣﺎم اﻻﺳﻢ ‪) Name‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1(.‬




                                                   ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 1‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Project and Drawing Location‬ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر هﻮ 6002 ‪) Land Projects‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1( ﺛﻢ‬              ‫3-‬
‫أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Create Project‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Project Details‬ﻹدﺧﺎل ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Initial Settings for New Drawings‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر )‪ Default (Meters‬ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪) Prototype‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬               ‫4-‬
                                                                                                   ‫2(.‬
                   ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Project Information‬ادﺧﻞ 1_‪ Project‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Name‬آﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬              ‫5-‬
        ‫ادﺧﻞ ‪ Project for Exploring Land Desktop Startup‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Description‬آﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع و ادﺧﻞ‬                   ‫6-‬
                                           ‫‪ Training‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Keywords‬آﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع )أﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬
          ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Drawing Path for this Project‬ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Project "DWG" Folder‬أﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬               ‫7-‬




                                                       ‫-7-‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                          ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                    ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 2‬
                              ‫8- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.New Drawing: Project Based‬‬
 ‫9- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Select Drawing Template‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ Browse‬و اذهﺐ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻘﻮاﻟﺐ ‪ Template folder‬و‬
                                                                                   ‫ﻣﺴﺎرﻩ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ هﻮ:‬
‫‪C:Program FilesLand Desktop 2006Template‬‬
                                              ‫و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﻟﺐ ‪ Template list‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) aec_m.dwt‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1(.‬
    ‫01- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Project and Drawing Location‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن ‪ Project Name‬ﺗﻌﺮض 1_‪ Project‬و أن ‪Drawing‬‬
                                     ‫‪ Path‬هﻮ ‪) Land Projects 2006 Project_1dwg‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1(.‬
                                                                 ‫11- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ OK‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.‬

                                                        ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Setting Up the Point Database‬‬

                                      ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط.‬
    ‫1- ﺑﻌﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻮف ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Create Point Database‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪة، ﺗﺄآﺪ أن‬
                                        ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم ‪ Point Description Field Size‬هﻲ 23 ﺣﺮف )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 3(.‬
   ‫2- ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ Use Point Names‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄآﺪ أن اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم ‪ Point Name Field Size‬هﻲ 61 ﺣﺮف )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 3(.‬
                                                                                     ‫3- أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار.‬




                                                        ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 3‬


                                                         ‫-8-‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                      ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

                                                                ‫إﻋﺪاد رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪Setting Up the New Drawing‬‬

                                       ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.‬
‫1- ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺳﻮف ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮاري ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪ Load Settings‬ﻓﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر‬
                           ‫‪ Path‬هﻮ ‪) Program FilesLand Desktop 2006DataSetup‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 4(.‬




                                               ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 4‬
   ‫2- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Load a Drawing Setup Profile‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Profile Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ )005:1 ,‪m500.set (Metric‬‬
   ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 4( ﺛﻢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ View‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) View Drawing Setup Profile‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 5(.‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 5‬


                                                       ‫-9-‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                      ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

     ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ 5( أن ‪ Coordinate Zone‬و ‪ Text Style‬و ‪ Drawing Border‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮا ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺮﺳﻢ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
                                                                                               ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.‬
             ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ‪ Load Settings‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Load‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪.m500 Profile‬‬
             ‫4- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﻮﺣﺪات ‪ Units‬و ﺗﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 6(.‬




                                                       ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 6‬
                 ‫5- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ Scale‬و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 7(.‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 7‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ‪ Horizontal Scale‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ إدراج اﻟﻜﺘﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ‪ (Block Insertion) Drawing Block‬و ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫‪ Text Size‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ، أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ ‪ Vertical Scale‬ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ‪Default Vertical‬‬
         ‫‪ Exaggeration‬ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ و اﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ‪ Profiles and Cross Sections‬اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄة ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Civil Design‬‬
                                             ‫6- اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ‪) Zone‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 8(.‬

                                                      ‫- 01 -‬
By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez                                               Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials




                                                    8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
 ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬Available Coordinate Systems ‫ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬UTM, NAD 83 Datum ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬Categories ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
        .(8 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬UTM with NAD 83 Datum, Zone 11, Meter; Central Meridian 117d W
            .(9 ‫ و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ إﻋﺪاداﺗﻪ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬Orientation ‫ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬Next ‫8- اﺿﻐﻂ‬




                                               9 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
          ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬Style Set Name ‫، ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬Text Style ‫ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ‬Next ‫9- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                       .(10 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬mleroy ‫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ‬Load ‫ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬mleroy.stp




                                                 - 11 -
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                            ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                              ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 01‬
                                        ‫01- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Current Style‬اﺧﺘﺮ 001‪) L‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 01(.‬
                               ‫11- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻹﻃﺎر ‪) Border‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 11(.‬




                                              ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 11‬
‫21- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Border Selection‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Scaled Block‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Browse‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪Select a‬‬
                                                                 ‫‪) Custom Block‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 11(.‬
    ‫31- ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ أﺧﺘﺮ ‪) pm_841x594.dwg‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 21( ﺛﻢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Open‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻹﻃﺎر‬
                                                                                     ‫‪.Border‬‬




                                               ‫- 21 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                   ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 21‬
                                  ‫41- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار ﺣﻔﻆ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪.Save Settings‬‬




                                                   ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 31‬
 ‫إذا آﻨﺖ ﺗﻮد ﺣﻔﻆ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻓﻲ رﺳﻮﻣﺎت ‪ Drawings‬أﺧﺮى، ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ أﻣﺎم ‪ Profile Name‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
                                                                                         ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Save‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 31(.‬
                                            ‫51- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Finish‬ﻟﺘﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.Drawing Setup‬‬
                                              ‫61- ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ أﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎرهﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ.‬




                                                    ‫- 31 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                   ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                   ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 41‬

                                  ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ‪Reviewing the Project Directory Structure‬‬

               ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ‪ Directory Structure‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ® ‪.Windows Explorer‬‬
                                         ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ® ‪ Windows Explorer‬و اذهﺐ إﻟﻲ 6002 ‪.Land Projects‬‬
                                     ‫2- أﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ 6002 ‪ Land Projects‬و اﺳﺘﻌﺮض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻪ.‬
             ‫3- أﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع 1_‪ Project‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻪ و اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺧﺮ.‬

‫آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺗﺤﻔﻆ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟـ ‪ COGO‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت )‪ Microsoft® database (.mdb‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Point‬‬
                                                            ‫‪ Groups‬و ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ ‪.Description Keys‬‬

   ‫أﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ DWG‬ﻓﻴﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت ‪ Drawing‬و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع و أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ .dfm‬و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻦ‬
                               ‫ﻧﻮع ‪ ASCII text‬و ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ‪.Default Drawing Settings‬‬

        ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟـ ‪ SURVEY‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟـ ‪ Raw‬اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ‪ Data Collectors‬و ‪ Field Book‬و‬
          ‫‪ Observation Database‬و ‪ ، Traverse Adjustment Files‬و ﻳﺒﻘﻰ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﺎرﻏﺎ إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
                                                                                        ‫‪.Autodesk Survey‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ‪ Folders‬ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Autodesk Land Desktop‬ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ ‪ Surfaces‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء‬
   ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ DTM‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ALIGN‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪ Alignments‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ Lots‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪ Parcels‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ER‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
                                                                                          ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪.Volumes‬‬

 ‫و اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ‪ Folders‬ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Autodesk Civil Design‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺄ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ PIPEWKS‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
                 ‫اﻟـ ‪ Pipes‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ HD‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪ Hydrology‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ CD‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪.Sheet Manager‬‬




                                                    ‫- 41 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                        ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬



                                 ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ: ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ‪Lesson 2: Changing Project Settings‬‬

   ‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أﺧﺮى ﺛﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪد ﺣﻮاﺷﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ إﻧﺸﺎء‬
                                                                                         ‫اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت و اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ.‬

                                                                   ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬
                                                               ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬
‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬

   ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع و إﻋﺎدة رﺑﻂ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ‪Copying a Project and Re-associating the Current Drawing‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع إﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ أن ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬
                                                                   ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع و ﻟﺬا ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أﺧﺮي ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع.‬

   ‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ أي ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻧﺸﻂ أو اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ و ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Land Desktop‬و ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ‬
                       ‫ﻋﻤﻞ رﺳﻢ أو ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ …‪ Project Mgr‬و اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪.Copy Option‬‬
            ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Project Manager‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Project Management‬‬
 ‫2- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Project‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Name‬أﺧﺘﺮ 1‪ Tutorial‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Copy‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) Copy‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬
                                                                                            ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 51(.‬




                                                    ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 51‬
                                    ‫3- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Copy Project To‬أدﺧﻞ ‪ TutorialC‬أﻣﺎم ‪) Name‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 61(.‬




                                                       ‫- 51 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                    ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                   ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 61‬
              ‫4- ادﺧﻞ ‪ Building site - Northwest corner‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Description‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 61(.‬
                                                ‫إن اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮخ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات و اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻷﺻﻠﻲ.‬
           ‫5- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Yes‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ رواﺑﻂ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 71(.‬




                                            ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 71‬
                                   ‫6- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Close‬ﻟﺘﻐﻠﻖ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟـ ‪.Project Management‬‬
                                                        ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.Lesson-2.dwg‬‬
               ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،File‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Open‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Open Drawing: Project Based‬‬
 ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Project Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ،TutorialC‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Project Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Lesson-2.dwg‬ﺛﻢ‬
                                                                  ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 81(.‬




                                                   ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 81‬

                                                    ‫- 61 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                            ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

                                             ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪Changing Drawing Setup Parameters‬‬

  ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘـﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ و ﺳﺘﺮى آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻨﺺ، ﻓﻲ هــﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻘـﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻷﻓــــﻘﻲ هـــﻮ‬
‫005:1، و وﺣﺪة ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻖ ‪ 2MM‬ﺗﺴﺎوي 1 ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ، و ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ 005:1 هﻮ 2 و وﺣﺪات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
                                                       ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ، و ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ هﺬا أن ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ ‪ 2MM‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع 2 ﻣﻢ.‬

                       ‫1- ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬اآﺘﺐ ‪ ST‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Text Style‬‬
 ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Style Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ 2MM‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Font‬أدﺧﻞ 1 أﻣﺎم اﻟـ ‪ Height‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Apply‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪Close‬‬
                                                                            ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 91(.‬




                                                         ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 91‬
                                                            ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ إﻟﻰ 0001:1.‬
                    ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺧﺘﺮ‪ Drawing Setup‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Drawing Setup‬‬
‫4- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Drawing Scale‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Horizontal‬اﺧﺘﺮ 0001:1 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪OK‬‬
                                                                                   ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 02(.‬




                                                         ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 02‬


                                                          ‫- 71 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                             ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

  ‫5- ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬اآﺘﺐ ‪ ST‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Text Style‬ﻣﺮة‬
                                                                                                    ‫أﺧﺮى.‬
                      ‫6- ﺗﺄآﺪ أن اﻟـ ‪ Height‬ﻟﻠﻨﺴﻖ ‪ 2MM‬هﻮ 2 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Cancel‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 12(.‬
 ‫إن ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎس 0001:1 هﻮ 1 و وﺣﺪات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ هﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ، ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ هﺬا ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﻖ ‪ 2MM‬ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع‬
      ‫ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻣﻘﺪارﻩ 2، ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ آﻞ أﻧﺴﺎق اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Land‬‬
                                                                                                       ‫‪.Desktop‬‬




                                                         ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 12‬
                                                              ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ دﻗﺔ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ إﻟﻲ 1.‬
             ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Drawing Setup‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Drawing Setup‬‬
 ‫8- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Units‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Display Precision‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ 1، ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪Samples‬‬
                                                      ‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 22(.‬




                                                         ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 22‬
                   ‫إن هﺬا اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ إﺟﺮاؤﻩ و ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ.‬



                                                          ‫- 81 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                   ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

                                                ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻷﺻﻞ و زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوران ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬
    ‫9- ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Drawing Setup‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Orientation‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Base Point‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                                             ‫>>‪ Pick‬و اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Node Osnap‬ﻟﺘﺨﺘﺎر اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 01.‬
  ‫01- ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻘﺎط اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 01 ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Drawing Setup‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى، ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪Northing and‬‬
                                          ‫‪ Easting‬ادﺧﻞ 0005 ﻟﻠـ ‪ Northing‬و 0005 ﻟﻠـ ‪.Easting‬‬
                 ‫11- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ North Rotation‬ادﺧﻞ 0542.31 أﻣﺎم ‪ Angle‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 32(.‬




                                                ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 32‬
                                                     ‫21- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ، اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار.‬
           ‫31- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Utilities‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Symbol Manager‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Symbol Manager‬‬
   ‫41- ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ COGO Metric Symbols‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،Symbol Set‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Palette‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Details‬ﺛﻢ‬
                                                ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) North Arrow‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 42( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬




                                             ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 42‬
     ‫51- ﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﺎن ﻟﻌﺮض اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺸﻤﺎل ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ‪ Magnetic‬آﻮﺻﻒ ‪.Description‬‬


                                                   ‫- 91 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                      ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                     ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 52‬

                                                                ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪Editing Drawing Settings‬‬

  ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻐﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ، و ﺗﺤﻔﻆ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮات إﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻮذج ‪ Prototype‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬
                                                                                           ‫ﻓﻲ رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ.‬

                 ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Edit Drawing Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Edit Settings‬‬
                              ‫2- ﺗﺄآﺪ أن ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Program‬ﺗﻌﺮض ‪) Autodesk Land Desktop‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 62(.‬




                                                ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 62‬
   ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Settings‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Geodetic Labels‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Edit Settings‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 62( ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق‬                ‫3-‬
                                            ‫اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) Geodetic Annotation Settings‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬
      ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Line Annotation‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ‪ Az‬أزل ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪ Grid‬و ‪) Ground‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬            ‫4-‬
                           ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ‪ Suffix‬أدﺧﻞ ‪ m‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Grid‬و ‪ Ground‬و ‪) Geodetic‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬             ‫5-‬
           ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ‪ Distance Unit‬أﺧﺘﺮ ‪ METERS‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Grid‬و ‪ Ground‬و ‪) Geodetic‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬                 ‫6-‬




                                                      ‫- 02 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                   ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 72‬
                                               ‫7- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Edit Settings‬‬
    ‫هﺬﻩ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪ Settings‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ، ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻮذج ‪ Prototype‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
                                                                                           ‫رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ.‬
  ‫8- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Selected Item‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Save to Prototype‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 62( ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪Select‬‬
                                                                             ‫‪) Prototype‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 82(.‬




                                              ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 82‬
   ‫9- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Prototype‬أﺧﺘﺮ )‪) DEFAULT (METERS‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 82( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬
                                                ‫ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Edit Settings‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Close‬‬




                                                    ‫- 12 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                           ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬



                                         ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Lesson 3: Working with Point Objects‬‬

  ‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Land Desktop‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ أو ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ، و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
                         ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ أواﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪.Point Settings‬‬

                                                                                                  ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ:‬
                                     ‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻇﻬﺎر اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻇﻬﺎرهﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب ﻣﺤﺪد و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ.‬
                               ‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ‪ External Database‬و ﻟﻴﺲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬
   ‫• ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪدهﺎ ‪ Markers‬و ﻧﺺ ‪ Text‬و آﻼهﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﻘـﻪ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻪ و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ، و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
                                                                ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Label‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟـ ‪.Label Style‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎس ﻇﻬﻮر ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ Markers‬و اﻟﻨﺺ ‪ Text‬داﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ‪ Relative‬أو ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
                                                                                     ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ أو ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.Absolute‬‬
 ‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﺺ ‪ Text‬و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ Marker‬اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺾ ‪ ،Grip Editing‬و‬
      ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ آﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 92 و ﻻﺣﻆ اﻟﻔﺮق ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ 1 و ﻧﻘﻄﺔ 2(.‬




                                                         ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 92‬
          ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ Point Descriptions‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺧﺎم ‪ Raw‬أو ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن آﺎﻣﻼ ‪ ) Full‬آﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ اﻟـ‬            ‫•‬
                                                                              ‫‪ Description Key‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ(.‬
  ‫إن اﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Layer‬آﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ‪ Marker‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات ‪Settings‬‬            ‫•‬
                                                                                                 ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮدة.‬
                ‫إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ اﻟﺤﻮار داﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪهﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ هﻴﺌﺔ ‪ Northing/Easting‬أو‬        ‫•‬
                                                                    ‫‪ Easting/Northing‬أو ‪ X,Y‬أو ‪.Y,X‬‬
                                          ‫أﻣﺮ ‪ UNDO‬و هﻮ إﺣﺪى أواﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط.‬           ‫•‬
                                                              ‫اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﺤﺎز أو ﺗﺼﻄﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪.World UCS‬‬           ‫•‬

                                                                              ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬
                                                                         ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬
                        ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬أﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Open‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Open Drawing: Project Based‬‬
   ‫إن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر 6002 ‪ C:Land Projects‬ﻓﺈن آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻴﺮت هﺬا اﻟﻤﺴﺎر أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
                                                                     ‫ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻀﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر.‬
 ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Project Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ 2‪ TUTORIAL‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Project Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪Lesson-3.dwg‬‬
                                                                                       ‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬
 ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬

                                                                              ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Listing Point Objects‬‬

    ‫إن اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ هﻤﺎ 742 و 857، اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أﻣﺮ ‪ List‬و هﻮ إﺣﺪى أواﻣﺮ اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
                                                                                                   ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742.‬

                                                          ‫- 22 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                            ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

            ‫1- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) Enter‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 03(.‬




                                                       ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 03‬
       ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ آﺎﺋﻦ ‪ AECC_POINT‬و ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ ‪ ،AutoCAD‬و إن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
                             ‫ﺑﻤﻨﺴﻮﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ، آﻤﺎ أن إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و وﺻﻔﻬﺎ و رﻗﻤﻬﺎ و اﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﻴﻦ داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬
                                                                                                     ‫2- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬

                                 ‫إدراج ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Inserting Points from the Point Database‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ أو إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت، ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857 و إﻋﺎدة إدراﺟﻬﻤﺎ‬
                                                                                                    ‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬
‫1- اآﺘﺐ ‪ Erase‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                                                                                             ‫‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬
                              ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Utilities‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Quick View‬‬




                                                       ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 13‬
                             ‫3- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ‪ X‬ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 13(.‬
                                                                 ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬
                                ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ List Points‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.List Points‬‬
                                                                                               ‫5- اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.List All Points‬‬
                                                                      ‫6- اﺳﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﺎهﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857.‬
      ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ آـ ‪ 247L‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ أو ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ‪ Locked‬و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
                                                                                        ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮهﺎ ‪) Unlocked‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 23(.‬



                                                         ‫- 32 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                           ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                        ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 23‬
                                                                      ‫7- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار.‬
‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 1 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                                                      ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 33(.‬




                                                        ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 33‬
                                                 ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹدراج اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬
 ‫9- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Insert Points to Drawing‬ﺛﻢ اآﺘﺐ ‪ W‬ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎر ‪ Window‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
                                      ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ )ﺗﻘﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺼﻒ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ(.‬
                                                               ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 43(.‬


                                                         ‫- 42 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                       ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 43‬

                                                                ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Changing Point Elevations‬‬

                                         ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ.‬
                      ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
‫2- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Insert‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Insertion Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Fixed elevation‬و ﺗﺄآﺪ أن اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم ‪Fixed‬‬
                                                                          ‫‪ Elevation‬هﻲ 0 )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 53(.‬




                                                 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 53‬
                       ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Text‬و اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Automatic Leaders‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 63(.‬




                                                       ‫- 52 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                              ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                          ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 63‬
                                                                        ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب.‬
                               ‫4- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬
   ‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ 73 ﻓﻤﺎزال اﻟـ ‪ Marker Location‬ﻳﻌﺮض .‪ ،245.51 m‬ﻓﺈﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬
              ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ إﻋﺎدة إدراج هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط أو إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب.‬




                                                          ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 73‬
                                                                                              ‫5- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬
                                                                      ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹدراج اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬
 ‫6- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Insert Points to Drawing‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ‪ Window‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ‬
                                                       ‫ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857 ﻹﻋﺎدة إدراﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬
                                ‫7- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Point in Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪) Replace All‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 83(.‬




                                                          ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 83‬

                                                           ‫- 62 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                 ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

                             ‫8- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬
                                                ‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ 93 ﻓﺎﻟـ ‪ Marker Location‬اﻵن ﻳﻌﺮض .‪.0 m‬‬




                                                 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 93‬
                                                                                          ‫9- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬

                                         ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Changing Point Display Properties‬‬

                                                     ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﻮف ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط.‬
     ‫1- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 857، ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻳﻤﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄرة )‪ (Right click with the mouse‬و اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Display‬‬
                                      ‫‪ Properties‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Display Properties‬‬
  ‫2- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Reset‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Point Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Reset Point Elevation in Drawing‬و أﻳﻀﺎ‬
                                                  ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Actual Elevation‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 04(.‬




                                                ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 04‬
         ‫3- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ آﻼ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 14(.‬




                                                  ‫- 72 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                       ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 14‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ 14 ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 أﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ‪ The Marker‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ و هﻮ .‪ 245.51 m‬و أن‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻣﺎزال ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻬﺎ .‪ ،0 m‬إن اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻮري و ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰم إﻋﺎدة إدراج‬
                                                                                               ‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ.‬
                                                                                                  ‫4- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬

                                               ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻨﺺ ‪Changing Point Markers and Text‬‬

   ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟـ ‪ ،AutoCAD‬ﻟﻮ ﻗﺮرت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬آﻌﻼﻣﺎت‬
                                              ‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ‪ Marker Style‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Ddptype‬‬

                                    ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺨﺘﺎر ﻋﻼﻣﺔ أﺧﺮى و ﺗﺮآﺐ رﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ.‬
 ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 3 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                                                                                ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬‬
     ‫2- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻔﺄرة اﻷﻳﻤﻦ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Display Properties‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق‬
                                                                         ‫اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Display Properties‬‬
          ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Marker‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Custom Marker Symbol‬اﺧﺘﺮ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
                                          ‫‪ Superimposed‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ‪) Circle Symbol‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 24(.‬
‫4- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Custom Marker Size‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Size in Absolute Units‬ﺛﻢ ادﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 2 أﻣﺎم اﻟـ ‪) Size‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 24(.‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 24‬
                                                      ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮر و ﻟﻮن رﻗﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب و أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ.‬


                                                       ‫- 82 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                           ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

                         ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮن وﺻﻒ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺺ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ.‬
 ‫5- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Text‬ﺛﻢ و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Color and Visibility‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم اﻟﺼﻒ ‪ Elevation‬و اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‬
                                                                                       ‫?‪) Visible‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 34(.‬
‫6- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪ Description‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Select a Color‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن، ﻗﻢ‬
     ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ‪) Cyan‬أزرق ﻓﺎﺗﺢ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ Standard Colors Palette‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪OK‬‬
                                                        ‫ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Display Properties‬‬
‫آﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ إدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﺈذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 4 ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﻤﺠﺎور ﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ﺳﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن إﻟﻲ اﻟﻠﻮن‬
                                                                                                    ‫‪) Cyan‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 34(.‬




                                                       ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 34‬
  ‫7- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Style and Size‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Absolute Units‬و ادﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 2 أﻣﺎم اﻟـ ‪) Text Size‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 34( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
                                                                                                 ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬
 ‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 ﺳﺘﺠﺪ أن ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻈﻬﺮان ﺑﺤﺠﻢ أﺻﻐﺮ و أن رﻗﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
   ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ، ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻣﺎزاﻟﺖ آﻤﺎ هﻲ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
                                                                                                                ‫44(.‬




                                                        ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 44‬


                                                         ‫- 92 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                        ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

 ‫آﻠﻤﺎ ﺻﻐﺮت أو آﺒﺮت اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Zoom in or out‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ أن ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ و ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮان ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Regen‬إن‬
                                   ‫آﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ و اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄرة ‪.(Mouse Scroll‬‬
                            ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
  ‫9- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Preferences‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Point Display‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪Always Regenerate‬‬
                                           ‫‪ Point Display After Zoom‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 54(.‬




                                                   ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 54‬
‫01- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 1 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                                                                               ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬‬
                                                            ‫11- ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ اآﺘﺐ ‪ Regen‬ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬
   ‫اﻵن ﺳﺘﺠﺪ أن ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮان ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Regen‬و ﻟﻴﺲ‬
                                       ‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 ﺗﺒﻘﻲ آﻤﺎ هﻲ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺳﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ‪.Absolute Size‬‬
     ‫ﻟﻮ آﺎﻧﺖ آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط أو ﻋﺪد آﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Absolute Size‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ و ﻧﺼﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻔﻀﻞ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
                 ‫‪ Always Regenerate Point Display After Zoom‬آﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أداء أﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض.‬

                                         ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪Point Marker‬‬
                                                        ‫21- أﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 742 ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺑﺾ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ‪.Grips‬‬
                                                                   ‫31- ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ.‬
                                             ‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺳﻬﻢ آﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﺺ و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 64(.‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 64‬


                                                       ‫- 03 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                   ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬

                              ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت ‪Controlling Point Display by Layer‬‬

                     ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ The Point Layer‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪ Turn Off‬هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ.‬
     ‫1- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 742 ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻔﺄرة اﻷﻳﻤﻦ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ أﻣﺎﻣﻚ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪Edit Object Display‬‬
                                               ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) Object Display‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 74(.‬




                                              ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 74‬
                              ‫2- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Layer‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 74( ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Select Layer‬‬
      ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Layer‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) PNT_MISC‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 84( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪Object‬‬
                                                                     ‫‪ Display‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬




                                               ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 84‬
‫4- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻷدوات ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Layer Properties Manager‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬
       ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪) PNT_MISC‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 94( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﻐﻠﻖ اﻟـ ‪.Layer Properties Manager‬‬




                                                  ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 94‬


                                                   ‫- 13 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                           ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬



                                                              ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ‪Lesson 4:Creating Points‬‬

     ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﻹﺣﺪاﺛﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ و اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ ‪ Northing and Easting‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬
     ‫‪ Alignment‬أو ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ ‪ ،Surface Features‬و أﻳﻀﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أواﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ و ﻏﻠﻖ ‪ Lock‬اﻟﻨﻘﺎط و اآﺘﺸﺎف‬
                                                                         ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺎرض ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬

                                                                             ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬
                                                                        ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬
                       ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬أﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Open‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Open Drawing: Project Based‬‬
  ‫إن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر 6002 ‪ C:Land Projects‬ﻓﺈن آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻴﺮت هﺬا اﻟﻤﺴﺎر أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
                                                                    ‫ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻀﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر.‬
‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Project Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ 2‪ TUTORIAL‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Project Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪Lesson-4.dwg‬‬
                                                                                      ‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬
‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬

                                                                      ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ ‪Creating Points Manually‬‬

                       ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ رﻗﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط و إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ.‬
‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 1 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
                                                                                  ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬‬
                       ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
   ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Numbering‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 01 أﻣﺎم ‪) Current number‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 05(.‬




                                                        ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 05‬
                                                       ‫4- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Elevations‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Manual‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬

                                      ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ و ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻬﺎ .‪.249 m‬‬
                                    ‫5- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬
                                ‫6- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ.‬
                                                                       ‫7- أدﺧﻞ 942 ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺴﻮب ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
                            ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
                                  ‫9- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Descriptions‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Manual‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 15(.‬

                                                         ‫- 23 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                               ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 15‬
                  ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي و ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب .‪ 249 m‬و ﺑﻮﺻﻒ هﻮ ‪.BLDG‬‬
                             ‫01- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬
                         ‫11- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ.‬
        ‫21- ادﺧﻞ ‪ BLDG‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻒ و ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺴﻮب اﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ .‪ 249 m‬و اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Enter‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 25(.‬




                                               ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 25‬

                  ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب و وﺻﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪Specifying Automatic Elevations and Descriptions‬‬

                                                 ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ إدراج اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﻨﺴﻮب و وﺻﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ.‬
                      ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
                                       ‫2- ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Automatic‬‬
                         ‫3- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Descriptions‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Automatic‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 35(.‬


                                                ‫- 33 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                           ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                    ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 35‬
                       ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب 942 و ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ‪.BLDG‬‬
                                 ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬
          ‫5- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
                          ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إدراج اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﺑﻤﻨﺴﻮب .‪ 249 m‬و ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ‪ BLDG‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 45(.‬




                                                        ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 45‬

                                      ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪Creating Points in the Points Database‬‬

   ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻐﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت دون إدراﺟﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ، ﺛﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﺊ‬
                                                                                                               ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة.‬
                               ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
    ‫2- ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ Numbering‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪ Insert to Drawing as Created‬ﺛﻢ‬
                                                                                  ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 55(.‬


                                                         ‫- 43 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                             ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                          ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 55‬
                                                                           ‫اﺗﺒﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ رآﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.‬
                                      ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬
             ‫4- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ، اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻴﺘﻢ إدراج اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ، و إدراج ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.‬




                                                    ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 65‬
                            ‫5- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬
 ‫6- ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ Numbering‬اﺧﺘﺮ‪ Insert to Drawing as Created‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬
                                                                                                 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 55(.‬
      ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Insert Points to Drawing‬ﺛﻢ أدﺧﻞ ‪ N‬ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ Number‬ﺛﻢ ادﺧﻞ 31 ﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ.‬
                                            ‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ اﻵن أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 75(.‬




                                                           ‫- 53 -‬
‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬                                                        ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 75‬

                                                             ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ آﺎﺋﻦ ‪Placing Points on an Object‬‬

                                                       ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮآﻨﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ.‬
                               ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Automatic‬‬
                     ‫2- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﺛﻢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Enter‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 85(.‬




                                                      ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 85‬
                                                                        ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ و اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ.‬

                                         ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ‪Placing Points Along an Alignment‬‬

 ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ‪ Alignment‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ‪ Stations‬ﻣﺤﺪدة و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬
                                               ‫‪ ،Offset‬أوﻻ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺛﻢ أﺧﺘﺮ اﻟـ ‪ Alignment‬اﻟﻨﺸﻂ أو اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.‬



                                                      ‫- 63 -‬
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials
Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials

Weitere ähnliche Inhalte

Was ist angesagt?

INSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KT
INSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KTINSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KT
INSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KTinclassroom.blogspot.com
 
Pentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWord
Pentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWordPentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWord
Pentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWordChema Alonso
 
Índice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWord
Índice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWordÍndice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWord
Índice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWordTelefónica
 
Template Latex: Buku
Template Latex: BukuTemplate Latex: Buku
Template Latex: BukuHayi Nukman
 
Percubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian B
Percubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian BPercubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian B
Percubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian BFaizal Omar
 
Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"
Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"
Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"Telefónica
 
Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"
Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"
Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"Telefónica
 
La boca hebrew menu
La boca hebrew menuLa boca hebrew menu
La boca hebrew menuweiss2001
 
The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31
The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31
The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31Mahmoud Samir Fayed
 
Beamer, Media Presentasi LaTeX
Beamer, Media Presentasi LaTeXBeamer, Media Presentasi LaTeX
Beamer, Media Presentasi LaTeXHirwanto Iwan
 
Buku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasic
Buku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasicBuku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasic
Buku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasicMI Fajar
 
Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...
Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...
Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...Telefónica
 

Was ist angesagt? (20)

INSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KT
INSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KTINSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KT
INSTRUMEN PENTAKSIRAN TINGKATAN 3 (PT3) KHB- KT
 
Pentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWord
Pentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWordPentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWord
Pentesting con PowerShell: Libro de 0xWord
 
Índice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWord
Índice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWordÍndice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWord
Índice del libro de "Hardening de Servidores GNU/Linux" 4ª Edición de 0xWord
 
Daftar Isi Buku PAI SMP Kelas IX
Daftar Isi Buku PAI SMP Kelas IXDaftar Isi Buku PAI SMP Kelas IX
Daftar Isi Buku PAI SMP Kelas IX
 
Daftar isi
Daftar isiDaftar isi
Daftar isi
 
Template Latex: Buku
Template Latex: BukuTemplate Latex: Buku
Template Latex: Buku
 
Percubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian B
Percubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian BPercubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian B
Percubaan PT3 Kemahiran Hidup Kemahiran Teknikal bahagian B
 
Dftr isi
Dftr isiDftr isi
Dftr isi
 
Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"
Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"
Índice del Libro "Cómo protegerse de los peligros en Internet"
 
Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"
Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"
Índice libro "Hacking Windows: Ataques a redes y sistemas Microsoft"
 
Outline
OutlineOutline
Outline
 
Daftar isi Buku PAI Kelas 8
Daftar isi Buku PAI Kelas 8Daftar isi Buku PAI Kelas 8
Daftar isi Buku PAI Kelas 8
 
La boca hebrew menu
La boca hebrew menuLa boca hebrew menu
La boca hebrew menu
 
The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31
The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31
The Ring programming language version 1.5 book - Part 1 of 31
 
Beamer, Media Presentasi LaTeX
Beamer, Media Presentasi LaTeXBeamer, Media Presentasi LaTeX
Beamer, Media Presentasi LaTeX
 
Daftar isi
Daftar isiDaftar isi
Daftar isi
 
Buku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasic
Buku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasicBuku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasic
Buku panduandasarbelajarvisualbasic
 
Matematika radni-listovi-draganic487
Matematika radni-listovi-draganic487Matematika radni-listovi-draganic487
Matematika radni-listovi-draganic487
 
Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...
Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...
Índice del libro: "Open Source INTelligence (OSINT): Investigar personas e Id...
 
Curso vb00 indicegeneral
Curso vb00 indicegeneralCurso vb00 indicegeneral
Curso vb00 indicegeneral
 

Andere mochten auch

TcpTunnel
TcpTunnel TcpTunnel
TcpTunnel aplitop
 
Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009
Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009
Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009Eber Mallqui
 
Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad civi...
Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad  civi...Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad  civi...
Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad civi...Nexus Skb
 
Levantamiento topo minera
Levantamiento topo mineraLevantamiento topo minera
Levantamiento topo mineraAdr Iel
 
Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...
Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...
Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...Sector Energía y Minas - INGEMMET
 
4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial
4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial
4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vialAlexander Ticona
 
Topografía de túneles
Topografía de túnelesTopografía de túneles
Topografía de túnelesRene Quiton
 
63661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-2009
63661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-200963661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-2009
63661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-2009henry briceño
 
Tunneling by tunnel boring machine
Tunneling by tunnel boring machineTunneling by tunnel boring machine
Tunneling by tunnel boring machineVISHAL KUMAR SINGH
 
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinal
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinalManual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinal
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinalAlexander Ticona
 
PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016
PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016
PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016YETCHAN QUISPE VERA
 
Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1
Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1
Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1Giomar Bardales
 
Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2
Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2
Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2Omar Meza Castillo
 
Autodesk civil3 d_tutorail
Autodesk civil3 d_tutorailAutodesk civil3 d_tutorail
Autodesk civil3 d_tutorailKushal Patel
 
Tunnel boring machine
Tunnel boring machineTunnel boring machine
Tunnel boring machinerutuldave
 
Auto cad land desktop 2006 tutorial
Auto cad land desktop 2006 tutorialAuto cad land desktop 2006 tutorial
Auto cad land desktop 2006 tutorialYayuk Setiyowati
 

Andere mochten auch (20)

Manual land 2009 uq
Manual land 2009 uqManual land 2009 uq
Manual land 2009 uq
 
TcpTunnel
TcpTunnel TcpTunnel
TcpTunnel
 
Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009
Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009
Autocad civil 3 d land desktop companion 2009
 
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Iniciando Trabajos
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Iniciando TrabajosManual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Iniciando Trabajos
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Iniciando Trabajos
 
Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad civi...
Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad  civi...Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad  civi...
Informe - generacion de superficie - secciones transversales en Autocad civi...
 
Levantamiento topo minera
Levantamiento topo mineraLevantamiento topo minera
Levantamiento topo minera
 
Topografía subterránea ensayo 2
Topografía subterránea ensayo 2Topografía subterránea ensayo 2
Topografía subterránea ensayo 2
 
Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...
Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...
Análisis del currículo de la Facultad de Ingeniería de Minas de la UNCP aplic...
 
4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial
4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial
4 civil 3D - Trazo del eje de la obra vial
 
Topografía de túneles
Topografía de túnelesTopografía de túneles
Topografía de túneles
 
63661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-2009
63661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-200963661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-2009
63661873 manual-del-curso-autocad-land-desktop-2009
 
Tunneling by tunnel boring machine
Tunneling by tunnel boring machineTunneling by tunnel boring machine
Tunneling by tunnel boring machine
 
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinal
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinalManual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinal
Manual AutoCAD Civil 3D - Creación de bandas para el perfil longitudinal
 
Manual practico civil 3d 2014
Manual practico civil 3d 2014Manual practico civil 3d 2014
Manual practico civil 3d 2014
 
PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016
PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016
PRESAS DE TIERRA Y CONCRETO CON CIVIL 3D 2016
 
Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1
Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1
Curso de civil 3 d nivel 1
 
Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2
Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2
Estacion total es-105_uso_como_estacion_total_2
 
Autodesk civil3 d_tutorail
Autodesk civil3 d_tutorailAutodesk civil3 d_tutorail
Autodesk civil3 d_tutorail
 
Tunnel boring machine
Tunnel boring machineTunnel boring machine
Tunnel boring machine
 
Auto cad land desktop 2006 tutorial
Auto cad land desktop 2006 tutorialAuto cad land desktop 2006 tutorial
Auto cad land desktop 2006 tutorial
 

Autodesk land desktop 2006 tutorials

  • 1.
  • 2.
  • 3. By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials Table of Contents ‫ﻓﻬﺮس اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬ 7 ............................................................ Lesson 1: Working with Projects ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻷول: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ‬ 7 ......................................................... Creating a New Drawing and Project ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع و رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ 8 .....................................................................Setting Up the Point Database ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 9 .................................................................................. Setting Up the New Drawing ‫إﻋﺪاد رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ 14 ............................................. Reviewing the Project Directory Structure ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬ 15 ............................................. Lesson 2: Changing Project Settings ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ: ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬ 15 ..... Copying a Project and Re-associating the Current Drawing ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع و إﻋﺎدة رﺑﻂ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬ 17 ................................................... Changing Drawing Setup Parameters ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬ 20 ................................................................................ Editing Drawing Settings ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬ 22 ..................................................... Lesson 3: Working with Point Objects ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 22 ........................................................................................... Listing Point Objects ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 23 ........................................ Inserting Points from the Point Database ‫إدراج ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 25 .............................................................................. Changing Point Elevations ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 27 ....................................................... Changing Point Display Properties ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 28 .......................................................... Changing Point Markers and Text ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻨﺺ‬ 31 ........................................ Controlling Point Display by Layer ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت‬ 32 .............................................................................. Lesson 4:Creating Points ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط‬ 32 ................................................................................... Creating Points Manually ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‬ 33 .............................. Specifying Automatic Elevations and Descriptions ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب و وﺻﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ 34 ............................................... Creating Points in the Points Database ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ 36 ........................................................................... Placing Points on an Object ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ آﺎﺋﻦ‬ 36 ................................................... Placing Points Along an Alignment ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ 37 .......................................................................... Placing Points on a Surface ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ 39 ............................................................................ Lesson5: Editing Points ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ: ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 39 ................................................................................... Selecting Points to Edit ‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬ 41 .......................................................................................... Unlocking Points ‫إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 42 ..........................................................................Editing Point Datum ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 43 ............................ Editing Points with AutoCAD Commands AutoCAD ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أواﻣﺮ اﻟـ‬ 44 .............................................................................................Using Check Points ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 46 ....................................... Lesson 6: Working with Point Groups ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎدس: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 46 ..................................................................................... Creating a Point Group ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط‬ Creating a Point Group Using the Raw Desc ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ 47 .......................................................................................................................... Matching Tab 49 .............................................. Applying Overrides to Point Groups ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻬﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 51 ............................................................................... Updating Point Groups ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 53 ................................................... Organizing Points by Descriptions ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ: ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ 53 .................................................................. Creating a Description Key File ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح وﺻﻒ‬ 55 ................................................................................ Creating Description Keys ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﺎح وﺻﻒ‬ 57 ....................................................................................... Creating a Label Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‬ 59 ......................................................Inserting Points with Description Keys ‫إدراج ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﺻﻒ‬ 60 ...... Lesson 8: Importing Points from an ASCII Text File ‫ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬ASCII ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ: اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬ 60 .......................................................................... Creating a Point File Format ‫إﻧﺸﺎء هﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎط‬ 63 ................................................... Importing an ASCII Text Point File ‫ ﻧﺼﻲ‬ASCII ‫اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎط‬ Lesson 9: Labeling Lines, Curves, Spirals ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ: ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط و اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت و اﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺤﻠﺰوﻧﻴﺔ و اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 66 .................................................................................................................................. and Points 66 ............................................................................... Changing Label Settings ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ 68 ........................................................................... Labeling Lines and Points ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط و اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 71 ................................................ Changing a Label Attached to an Object ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬ 73 ... Lesson 10: Creating Label Styles for Lines and Points ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط و اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 73 ........................................................ Creating a New Line Label Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط‬ 76 ........................................................................................................... Labeling a Line ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺧﻂ‬ -3-
  • 4. By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials 77 ..........................................................Creating a New Point Label Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط‬ 79 ........................................................................................................ Labeling a Point ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ 82 Lesson 11: Creating Tag Labels and Object Tables ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺤﺎدي ﻋﺸﺮ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ و ﺟﺪاول ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬ 82 .................................................................... Creating a New Tag Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ 83 .................................................................... Labeling Objects with Tags ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ 84 ..................................................................................... Creating a Line Table ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪول ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط‬ 87 ...................................................................................... Creating a Point Table ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪول ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط‬ 91 ........................................... Updating (Re-drawing) an Object Table ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ( ﺟﺪول‬ 92 ............................................................................ Understanding Table Objects ‫ﻓﻬﻢ اﻟﺠﺪول آﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬ 96 ... Lesson 12: Working with the Terrain Model Explorer‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﻧﻤﻮذج اﻷرض‬ 96 .................................................................... Creating a New Surface Folder ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ 97 ........................................................................................Adding Point Data ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ 98 .......................................................................... Adding Contour Data ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط آﻨﺘﻮر‬ 99 .................................................. Adding Breakline Data from Points ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط‬ 102 ............. Adding Breakline Data from 3D Polylines ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺧﻄﻮط ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ 103 ..................... Adding Breakline Data from 2D Polylines ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻂ اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺧﻄﻮط ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ 105 ............................................................. Adding Surface Boundary Data ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺣﺪود اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬ 106 .....................................................................................................Building a Surface ‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﺳﻄﺢ‬ 108 ............................................................ Lesson 13: Editing Surfaces ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ‬ 108 ................................................................ Identifying Triangulation Problems ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ‬ 109 .......................................................................... Adding Points to the Surface ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ‬ 110 .............................................. Adding and Deleting TIN Lines ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أو ﺣﺬف ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎت‬ 111 ................................................................................... Flipping TIN Faces ‫ﻗﻠﺐ أوﺟﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎت‬ 113 ................................................................. Applying Surface Edit History ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬ 114 .......................................................... Lesson 14: Creating Contours ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ: إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬ 114 ................................................................................................. Creating Contours ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬ 115 .................................................................. Creating a New Contour Style ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬ 118 ................................................................. Applying a New Contour Style ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬ 119 ........................................................................... Labeling Contours (‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر )إدراج اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ‬ 121 .......................................................................... Converting Contour Objects ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آﺎﺋﻦ اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬ 122 ................................................................................................... Editing Contours ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮر‬ 124 ................................................... Lesson 15: Generating Sections ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت‬ 124 ...... Defining and Processing Sections From Single Surface ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ و ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ واﺣﺪ‬ 125 ........................................ Importing Sections From Single Surface ‫اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ واﺣﺪ‬ 126 .. Creating and Processing Sections from Multiple Surfaces ‫إﻧﺸﺎء و ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ أﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬ 127 ..................................Importing Sections From Multiple Surfaces ‫اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﻦ أﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬ 127 .................................................................... Viewing Dynamic Sections ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ‬ 130 ..................................................... Lesson 16: Visualizing Surfaces ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎدس ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬ 130 ........................................................................ Creating Elevation Banding ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع‬ 132 ......................................... Viewing Surfaces in the Object Viewer ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة اﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎهﺪ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬ 133 ................................. Using Object Viewer Navigation Tools ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أدوات اﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎهﺪ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬ 134 ............................................................ Delineating Watershed Areas ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎت ﻣﺠﺎري اﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬ 138 .........................................Lesson 17: Calculating Site Volumes ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺣﺴﺎب آﻤﻴﺎت ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬ 138 .................................................................... Defining a Stratum and a Site ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ و اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ 141 ................................................................... Calculating Grid Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ 144 ..................................................... Calculating Composite Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت‬ 146 ............................................. Calculating Section Method Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت‬ 148 .........................................................................Viewing the Volume Report ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت‬ 149 ..................................................................... Calculating Parcel Volumes ‫ﺣﺴﺎب آﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ أرض‬ 151 ................................................... Generating Cut and Fill Contours ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﻮط آﻨﺘﻮر ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺮ و اﻟﺮدم‬ 153 ..................................................... Generating Grid Ticks and Labels ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ و اﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ 155 . Lesson 18: Drawing Tangents, Curves, and Spirals ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ: رﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻤﺎس و اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ و اﻟﺤﻠﺰون‬ 155 ................................................................................................... Drawing Tangents ‫رﺳﻢ ﻣﻤﺎس‬ -4-
  • 5. By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials 156 .................................................................................................... Drawing Curves ‫رﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت‬ 157 ...................................................................................................... Drawing Spirals ‫رﺳﻢ ﺣﻠﺰون‬ 158 ........................................................................ Working with Speed Tables ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺠﺪاول اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬ 162 ................................................ Attaching Multiple Alignment Objects ‫رﺑﻂ ﻋﺪة آﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺧﻄﻮط اﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ 164 ............... Lesson 19: Defining and Editing Alignments ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ: ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ و ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ 164 ........................................ Defining an Alignment from a Polyline ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺧﻄﻮط‬ 165 .............................................. Defining an Alignment from Objects ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪة آﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬ 167 ........................................... Viewing and Editing Alignment Data ‫ﻣﺸﺎهﺪة و ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ 169 ................................................................Generating Alignment Reports ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﺎرﻳﺮ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ Lesson 20: Creating Alignment Stationing and Offsets ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻌﺸﺮون: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﻄﺎت و إزاﺣﺔ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ 171 ................................................................................................................................................. 171 .......................................................................... Changing Station Settings ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬ 173 ........................................................... Generating Alignment Stationing ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﺧﻂ اﻻﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ 176 ..................................................................................................... Creating Offsets ‫إﻧﺸﺎء إزاﺣﺔ‬ -5-
  • 6. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ هﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪروس و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺪروس و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ و ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ إﻟﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ و هﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:‬ ‫‪C:Program FilesLand Desktop 2006Landtut‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈذا آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ أﺟﺮﻳﺖ درس ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴـﻘﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻪ إﻟﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ 6002 ‪Land Projects‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺪرس ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.‬ ‫-6-‬
  • 7. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻷول: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ ‪Lesson 1: Working with Projects‬‬ ‫أول ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ هﻮ أن اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Drawings‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻤﺸﺮوع ‪ Project‬و اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أو ﻧﻘﺎط أو أﺳﻄﺢ أو ﺧﻂ أﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ أو أرﺻﺎد ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ.‬ ‫إن ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻻ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Drawing‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪات ‪ Folders‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم.‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬ ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع و رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪Creating a New Drawing and Project‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ إﻧﺸﺎء رﺳﻢ ‪ Drawing‬و ﻣﺸﺮوع ‪ Project‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.New‬‬ ‫2- أدﺧﻞ 1_‪ Lesson‬أﻣﺎم اﻻﺳﻢ ‪) Name‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 1‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Project and Drawing Location‬ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر هﻮ 6002 ‪) Land Projects‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1( ﺛﻢ‬ ‫3-‬ ‫أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Create Project‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Project Details‬ﻹدﺧﺎل ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Initial Settings for New Drawings‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر )‪ Default (Meters‬ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪) Prototype‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫4-‬ ‫2(.‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Project Information‬ادﺧﻞ 1_‪ Project‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Name‬آﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬ ‫5-‬ ‫ادﺧﻞ ‪ Project for Exploring Land Desktop Startup‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Description‬آﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع و ادﺧﻞ‬ ‫6-‬ ‫‪ Training‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Keywords‬آﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع )أﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Drawing Path for this Project‬ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Project "DWG" Folder‬أﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 2(.‬ ‫7-‬ ‫-7-‬
  • 8. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 2‬ ‫8- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.New Drawing: Project Based‬‬ ‫9- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Select Drawing Template‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ Browse‬و اذهﺐ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻘﻮاﻟﺐ ‪ Template folder‬و‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎرﻩ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ هﻮ:‬ ‫‪C:Program FilesLand Desktop 2006Template‬‬ ‫و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﻟﺐ ‪ Template list‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) aec_m.dwt‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1(.‬ ‫01- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Project and Drawing Location‬ﺗﺄآﺪ أن ‪ Project Name‬ﺗﻌﺮض 1_‪ Project‬و أن ‪Drawing‬‬ ‫‪ Path‬هﻮ ‪) Land Projects 2006 Project_1dwg‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 1(.‬ ‫11- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ OK‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Setting Up the Point Database‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط.‬ ‫1- ﺑﻌﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻮف ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Create Point Database‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪة، ﺗﺄآﺪ أن‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم ‪ Point Description Field Size‬هﻲ 23 ﺣﺮف )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 3(.‬ ‫2- ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ Use Point Names‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄآﺪ أن اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم ‪ Point Name Field Size‬هﻲ 61 ﺣﺮف )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 3(.‬ ‫3- أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 3‬ ‫-8-‬
  • 9. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪاد رﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪Setting Up the New Drawing‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.‬ ‫1- ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺳﻮف ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮاري ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪ Load Settings‬ﻓﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر‬ ‫‪ Path‬هﻮ ‪) Program FilesLand Desktop 2006DataSetup‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 4(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 4‬ ‫2- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Load a Drawing Setup Profile‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Profile Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ )005:1 ,‪m500.set (Metric‬‬ ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 4( ﺛﻢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ View‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) View Drawing Setup Profile‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 5(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 5‬ ‫-9-‬
  • 10. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ 5( أن ‪ Coordinate Zone‬و ‪ Text Style‬و ‪ Drawing Border‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮا ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺮﺳﻢ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.‬ ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ‪ Load Settings‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Load‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪.m500 Profile‬‬ ‫4- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﻮﺣﺪات ‪ Units‬و ﺗﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 6(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 6‬ ‫5- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ Scale‬و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 7(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 7‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ‪ Horizontal Scale‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ إدراج اﻟﻜﺘﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ‪ (Block Insertion) Drawing Block‬و ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ‬ ‫‪ Text Size‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ، أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ ‪ Vertical Scale‬ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ‪Default Vertical‬‬ ‫‪ Exaggeration‬ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ و اﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ‪ Profiles and Cross Sections‬اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄة ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Civil Design‬‬ ‫6- اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ‪) Zone‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 8(.‬ ‫- 01 -‬
  • 11. By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials 8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬Available Coordinate Systems ‫ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬UTM, NAD 83 Datum ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬Categories ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ .(8 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬UTM with NAD 83 Datum, Zone 11, Meter; Central Meridian 117d W .(9 ‫ و اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ إﻋﺪاداﺗﻪ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬Orientation ‫ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬Next ‫8- اﺿﻐﻂ‬ 9 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬Style Set Name ‫، ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬Text Style ‫ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ‬Next ‫9- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ .(10 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬mleroy ‫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ‬Load ‫ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬mleroy.stp - 11 -
  • 12. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 01‬ ‫01- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Current Style‬اﺧﺘﺮ 001‪) L‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 01(.‬ ‫11- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻹﻃﺎر ‪) Border‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 11(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 11‬ ‫21- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Border Selection‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Scaled Block‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Browse‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪Select a‬‬ ‫‪) Custom Block‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 11(.‬ ‫31- ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ أﺧﺘﺮ ‪) pm_841x594.dwg‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 21( ﺛﻢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Open‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻹﻃﺎر‬ ‫‪.Border‬‬ ‫- 21 -‬
  • 13. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 21‬ ‫41- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Next‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار ﺣﻔﻆ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪.Save Settings‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 31‬ ‫إذا آﻨﺖ ﺗﻮد ﺣﻔﻆ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻓﻲ رﺳﻮﻣﺎت ‪ Drawings‬أﺧﺮى، ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ أﻣﺎم ‪ Profile Name‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Save‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 31(.‬ ‫51- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Finish‬ﻟﺘﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.Drawing Setup‬‬ ‫61- ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ أﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎرهﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ.‬ ‫- 31 -‬
  • 14. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 41‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ‪Reviewing the Project Directory Structure‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ‪ Directory Structure‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ® ‪.Windows Explorer‬‬ ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ® ‪ Windows Explorer‬و اذهﺐ إﻟﻲ 6002 ‪.Land Projects‬‬ ‫2- أﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ 6002 ‪ Land Projects‬و اﺳﺘﻌﺮض ﻣﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻪ.‬ ‫3- أﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع 1_‪ Project‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻪ و اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺧﺮ.‬ ‫آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺗﺤﻔﻆ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟـ ‪ COGO‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت )‪ Microsoft® database (.mdb‬و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Point‬‬ ‫‪ Groups‬و ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ ‪.Description Keys‬‬ ‫أﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ DWG‬ﻓﻴﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت ‪ Drawing‬و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع و أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ .dfm‬و اﻟﺘﻲ هﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ‪ ASCII text‬و ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ‪.Default Drawing Settings‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟـ ‪ SURVEY‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟـ ‪ Raw‬اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ‪ Data Collectors‬و ‪ Field Book‬و‬ ‫‪ Observation Database‬و ‪ ، Traverse Adjustment Files‬و ﻳﺒﻘﻰ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﺎرﻏﺎ إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪.Autodesk Survey‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ‪ Folders‬ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Autodesk Land Desktop‬ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ ‪ Surfaces‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ DTM‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ALIGN‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪ Alignments‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ Lots‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪ Parcels‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ER‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪.Volumes‬‬ ‫و اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ‪ Folders‬ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Autodesk Civil Design‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺄ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ PIPEWKS‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫اﻟـ ‪ Pipes‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ HD‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪ Hydrology‬و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪ CD‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟـ ‪.Sheet Manager‬‬ ‫- 41 -‬
  • 15. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ: ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ‪Lesson 2: Changing Project Settings‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أﺧﺮى ﺛﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪد ﺣﻮاﺷﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ إﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت و اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ.‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬ ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع و إﻋﺎدة رﺑﻂ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ‪Copying a Project and Re-associating the Current Drawing‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع إﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ أن ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع و ﻟﺬا ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أﺧﺮي ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع.‬ ‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ أي ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻧﺸﻂ أو اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ و ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Land Desktop‬و ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ رﺳﻢ أو ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ …‪ Project Mgr‬و اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪.Copy Option‬‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Project Manager‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Project Management‬‬ ‫2- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Project‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Name‬أﺧﺘﺮ 1‪ Tutorial‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Copy‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) Copy‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 51(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 51‬ ‫3- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Copy Project To‬أدﺧﻞ ‪ TutorialC‬أﻣﺎم ‪) Name‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 61(.‬ ‫- 51 -‬
  • 16. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 61‬ ‫4- ادﺧﻞ ‪ Building site - Northwest corner‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Description‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 61(.‬ ‫إن اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮخ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات و اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت آﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻷﺻﻠﻲ.‬ ‫5- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Yes‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ رواﺑﻂ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 71(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 71‬ ‫6- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Close‬ﻟﺘﻐﻠﻖ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮار اﻟـ ‪.Project Management‬‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.Lesson-2.dwg‬‬ ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،File‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Open‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Open Drawing: Project Based‬‬ ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Project Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ،TutorialC‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Project Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Lesson-2.dwg‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 81(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 81‬ ‫- 61 -‬
  • 17. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪Changing Drawing Setup Parameters‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘـﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ و ﺳﺘﺮى آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻨﺺ، ﻓﻲ هــﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻘـﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻷﻓــــﻘﻲ هـــﻮ‬ ‫005:1، و وﺣﺪة ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻖ ‪ 2MM‬ﺗﺴﺎوي 1 ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ، و ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ 005:1 هﻮ 2 و وﺣﺪات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ، و ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ هﺬا أن ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ ‪ 2MM‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع 2 ﻣﻢ.‬ ‫1- ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬اآﺘﺐ ‪ ST‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Text Style‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Style Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ 2MM‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Font‬أدﺧﻞ 1 أﻣﺎم اﻟـ ‪ Height‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Apply‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪Close‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 91(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 91‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ إﻟﻰ 0001:1.‬ ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺧﺘﺮ‪ Drawing Setup‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Drawing Setup‬‬ ‫4- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Drawing Scale‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Horizontal‬اﺧﺘﺮ 0001:1 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪OK‬‬ ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 02(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 02‬ ‫- 71 -‬
  • 18. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫5- ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬اآﺘﺐ ‪ ST‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Text Style‬ﻣﺮة‬ ‫أﺧﺮى.‬ ‫6- ﺗﺄآﺪ أن اﻟـ ‪ Height‬ﻟﻠﻨﺴﻖ ‪ 2MM‬هﻮ 2 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Cancel‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 12(.‬ ‫إن ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎس 0001:1 هﻮ 1 و وﺣﺪات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ هﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ، ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ هﺬا ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﻖ ‪ 2MM‬ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻣﻘﺪارﻩ 2، ﻣﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺴﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ آﻞ أﻧﺴﺎق اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Land‬‬ ‫‪.Desktop‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 12‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ دﻗﺔ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ إﻟﻲ 1.‬ ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Drawing Setup‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Drawing Setup‬‬ ‫8- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Units‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Display Precision‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ 1، ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪Samples‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 22(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 22‬ ‫إن هﺬا اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ إﺟﺮاؤﻩ و ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ.‬ ‫- 81 -‬
  • 19. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻷﺻﻞ و زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوران ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬ ‫9- ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Drawing Setup‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Orientation‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Base Point‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫>>‪ Pick‬و اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ‪ Node Osnap‬ﻟﺘﺨﺘﺎر اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 01.‬ ‫01- ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻘﺎط اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 01 ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Drawing Setup‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى، ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪Northing and‬‬ ‫‪ Easting‬ادﺧﻞ 0005 ﻟﻠـ ‪ Northing‬و 0005 ﻟﻠـ ‪.Easting‬‬ ‫11- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ North Rotation‬ادﺧﻞ 0542.31 أﻣﺎم ‪ Angle‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 32(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 32‬ ‫21- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ، اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار.‬ ‫31- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Utilities‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Symbol Manager‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Symbol Manager‬‬ ‫41- ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ COGO Metric Symbols‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،Symbol Set‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Palette‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Details‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) North Arrow‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 42( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 42‬ ‫51- ﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﺎن ﻟﻌﺮض اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺸﻤﺎل ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ‪ Magnetic‬آﻮﺻﻒ ‪.Description‬‬ ‫- 91 -‬
  • 20. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 52‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪Editing Drawing Settings‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻐﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ، و ﺗﺤﻔﻆ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮات إﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻮذج ‪ Prototype‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬ ‫ﻓﻲ رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Edit Drawing Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Edit Settings‬‬ ‫2- ﺗﺄآﺪ أن ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Program‬ﺗﻌﺮض ‪) Autodesk Land Desktop‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 62(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 62‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Settings‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Geodetic Labels‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Edit Settings‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 62( ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق‬ ‫3-‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) Geodetic Annotation Settings‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Line Annotation‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ‪ Az‬أزل ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪ Grid‬و ‪) Ground‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬ ‫4-‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ‪ Suffix‬أدﺧﻞ ‪ m‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Grid‬و ‪ Ground‬و ‪) Geodetic‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬ ‫5-‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ‪ Distance Unit‬أﺧﺘﺮ ‪ METERS‬أﻣﺎم ‪ Grid‬و ‪ Ground‬و ‪) Geodetic‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 72(.‬ ‫6-‬ ‫- 02 -‬
  • 21. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 72‬ ‫7- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Edit Settings‬‬ ‫هﺬﻩ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪ Settings‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ، ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻮذج ‪ Prototype‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫رﺳﻮﻣﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ.‬ ‫8- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Selected Item‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Save to Prototype‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 62( ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪Select‬‬ ‫‪) Prototype‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 82(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 82‬ ‫9- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Prototype‬أﺧﺘﺮ )‪) DEFAULT (METERS‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 82( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Edit Settings‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Close‬‬ ‫- 12 -‬
  • 22. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Lesson 3: Working with Point Objects‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Land Desktop‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ أو ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ، و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ أواﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ:‬ ‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻇﻬﺎر اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻇﻬﺎرهﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب ﻣﺤﺪد و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ.‬ ‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ‪ External Database‬و ﻟﻴﺲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬ ‫• ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪدهﺎ ‪ Markers‬و ﻧﺺ ‪ Text‬و آﻼهﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﻘـﻪ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻪ و اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ، و ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Label‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟـ ‪.Label Style‬‬ ‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎس ﻇﻬﻮر ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ Markers‬و اﻟﻨﺺ ‪ Text‬داﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ‪ Relative‬أو ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ أو ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪.Absolute‬‬ ‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﺺ ‪ Text‬و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ Marker‬اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺾ ‪ ،Grip Editing‬و‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ آﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 92 و ﻻﺣﻆ اﻟﻔﺮق ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ 1 و ﻧﻘﻄﺔ 2(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 92‬ ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ Point Descriptions‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺧﺎم ‪ Raw‬أو ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن آﺎﻣﻼ ‪ ) Full‬آﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ اﻟـ‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ Description Key‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ(.‬ ‫إن اﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Layer‬آﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ‪ Marker‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات ‪Settings‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮدة.‬ ‫إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ اﻟﺤﻮار داﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪهﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ هﻴﺌﺔ ‪ Northing/Easting‬أو‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ Easting/Northing‬أو ‪ X,Y‬أو ‪.Y,X‬‬ ‫أﻣﺮ ‪ UNDO‬و هﻮ إﺣﺪى أواﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط.‬ ‫•‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﺤﺎز أو ﺗﺼﻄﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪.World UCS‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬ ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬أﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Open‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Open Drawing: Project Based‬‬ ‫إن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر 6002 ‪ C:Land Projects‬ﻓﺈن آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻴﺮت هﺬا اﻟﻤﺴﺎر أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻀﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر.‬ ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Project Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ 2‪ TUTORIAL‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Project Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪Lesson-3.dwg‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Listing Point Objects‬‬ ‫إن اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ هﻤﺎ 742 و 857، اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أﻣﺮ ‪ List‬و هﻮ إﺣﺪى أواﻣﺮ اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742.‬ ‫- 22 -‬
  • 23. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫1- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) Enter‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 03(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 03‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ آﺎﺋﻦ ‪ AECC_POINT‬و ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ ‪ ،AutoCAD‬و إن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻨﺴﻮﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ، آﻤﺎ أن إﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و وﺻﻔﻬﺎ و رﻗﻤﻬﺎ و اﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﻴﻦ داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬ ‫2- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬ ‫إدراج ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Inserting Points from the Point Database‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ أو إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت، ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857 و إﻋﺎدة إدراﺟﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬ ‫1- اآﺘﺐ ‪ Erase‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Utilities‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Quick View‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 13‬ ‫3- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ‪ X‬ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 13(.‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬ ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ List Points‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.List Points‬‬ ‫5- اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.List All Points‬‬ ‫6- اﺳﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﺎهﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857.‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ آـ ‪ 247L‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ أو ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ‪ Locked‬و ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮهﺎ ‪) Unlocked‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 23(.‬ ‫- 32 -‬
  • 24. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 23‬ ‫7- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮار.‬ ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 1 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 33(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 33‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹدراج اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬ ‫9- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Insert Points to Drawing‬ﺛﻢ اآﺘﺐ ‪ W‬ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎر ‪ Window‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ )ﺗﻘﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺼﻒ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ(.‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 43(.‬ ‫- 42 -‬
  • 25. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 43‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Changing Point Elevations‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫2- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Insert‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Insertion Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Fixed elevation‬و ﺗﺄآﺪ أن اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم ‪Fixed‬‬ ‫‪ Elevation‬هﻲ 0 )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 53(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 53‬ ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Text‬و اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Automatic Leaders‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 63(.‬ ‫- 52 -‬
  • 26. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 63‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب.‬ ‫4- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬ ‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ 73 ﻓﻤﺎزال اﻟـ ‪ Marker Location‬ﻳﻌﺮض .‪ ،245.51 m‬ﻓﺈﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ إﻋﺎدة إدراج هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط أو إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 73‬ ‫5- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹدراج اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬ ‫6- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Insert Points to Drawing‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ‪ Window‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ 742 و 857 ﻹﻋﺎدة إدراﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬ ‫7- ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Point in Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪) Replace All‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 83(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 83‬ ‫- 62 -‬
  • 27. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫8- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.‬ ‫آﻤﺎ ﺗﺮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ 93 ﻓﺎﻟـ ‪ Marker Location‬اﻵن ﻳﻌﺮض .‪.0 m‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 93‬ ‫9- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪Changing Point Display Properties‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﻮف ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط.‬ ‫1- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 857، ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻳﻤﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄرة )‪ (Right click with the mouse‬و اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Display‬‬ ‫‪ Properties‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Display Properties‬‬ ‫2- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Reset‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Point Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Reset Point Elevation in Drawing‬و أﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Actual Elevation‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 04(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 04‬ ‫3- ادﺧﻞ ‪ List‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ آﻼ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 14(.‬ ‫- 72 -‬
  • 28. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 14‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ 14 ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 أﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ‪ The Marker‬هﻮ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ و هﻮ .‪ 245.51 m‬و أن‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻣﺎزال ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻬﺎ .‪ ،0 m‬إن اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻮري و ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰم إﻋﺎدة إدراج‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ.‬ ‫4- أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة.‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻨﺺ ‪Changing Point Markers and Text‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟـ ‪ ،AutoCAD‬ﻟﻮ ﻗﺮرت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬آﻌﻼﻣﺎت‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺴﻖ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ‪ Marker Style‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Ddptype‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺨﺘﺎر ﻋﻼﻣﺔ أﺧﺮى و ﺗﺮآﺐ رﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 3 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫2- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 857 ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻔﺄرة اﻷﻳﻤﻦ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Display Properties‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Display Properties‬‬ ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Marker‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Custom Marker Symbol‬اﺧﺘﺮ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ‬ ‫‪ Superimposed‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ‪) Circle Symbol‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 24(.‬ ‫4- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Custom Marker Size‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Size in Absolute Units‬ﺛﻢ ادﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 2 أﻣﺎم اﻟـ ‪) Size‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 24(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 24‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮر و ﻟﻮن رﻗﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب و أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ.‬ ‫- 82 -‬
  • 29. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮب و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮن وﺻﻒ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺺ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ.‬ ‫5- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Text‬ﺛﻢ و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Color and Visibility‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم اﻟﺼﻒ ‪ Elevation‬و اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‬ ‫?‪) Visible‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 34(.‬ ‫6- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪ Description‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Select a Color‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن، ﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ‪) Cyan‬أزرق ﻓﺎﺗﺢ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ Standard Colors Palette‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪OK‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Display Properties‬‬ ‫آﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ إدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﺈذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 4 ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﻤﺠﺎور ﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻮن ﺳﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن إﻟﻲ اﻟﻠﻮن‬ ‫‪) Cyan‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 34(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 34‬ ‫7- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Style and Size‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Absolute Units‬و ادﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 2 أﻣﺎم اﻟـ ‪) Text Size‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 34( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 ﺳﺘﺠﺪ أن ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻈﻬﺮان ﺑﺤﺠﻢ أﺻﻐﺮ و أن رﻗﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ و اﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ، ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻣﺎزاﻟﺖ آﻤﺎ هﻲ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫44(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 44‬ ‫- 92 -‬
  • 30. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫آﻠﻤﺎ ﺻﻐﺮت أو آﺒﺮت اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Zoom in or out‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ أن ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ و ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮان ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Regen‬إن‬ ‫آﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ و اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄرة ‪.(Mouse Scroll‬‬ ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫9- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Preferences‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Point Display‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪Always Regenerate‬‬ ‫‪ Point Display After Zoom‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 54(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 54‬ ‫01- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 1 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫11- ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻷواﻣﺮ اآﺘﺐ ‪ Regen‬ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ.‬ ‫اﻵن ﺳﺘﺠﺪ أن ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻨﺺ و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ 742 ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮان ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Regen‬و ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ 857 ﺗﺒﻘﻲ آﻤﺎ هﻲ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺳﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ‪.Absolute Size‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮ آﺎﻧﺖ آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط أو ﻋﺪد آﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Absolute Size‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ و ﻧﺼﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻔﻀﻞ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ Always Regenerate Point Display After Zoom‬آﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أداء أﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض.‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪Point Marker‬‬ ‫21- أﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 742 ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺑﺾ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ‪.Grips‬‬ ‫31- ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ.‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺳﻬﻢ آﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﺺ و اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 64(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 64‬ ‫- 03 -‬
  • 31. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت ‪Controlling Point Display by Layer‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ The Point Layer‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪ Turn Off‬هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ.‬ ‫1- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ 742 ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻔﺄرة اﻷﻳﻤﻦ و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ أﻣﺎﻣﻚ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪Edit Object Display‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪) Object Display‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 74(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 74‬ ‫2- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Layer‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 74( ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Select Layer‬‬ ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Layer‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪) PNT_MISC‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 84( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪Object‬‬ ‫‪ Display‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 84‬ ‫4- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻷدوات ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ Layer Properties Manager‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪) PNT_MISC‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 94( ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﻐﻠﻖ اﻟـ ‪.Layer Properties Manager‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 94‬ ‫- 13 -‬
  • 32. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ: إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ‪Lesson 4:Creating Points‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل اﻹﺣﺪاﺛﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ و اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ ‪ Northing and Easting‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز‬ ‫‪ Alignment‬أو ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ ‪ ،Surface Features‬و أﻳﻀﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أواﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ و ﻏﻠﻖ ‪ Lock‬اﻟﻨﻘﺎط و اآﺘﺸﺎف‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺎرض ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ و ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت.‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ هﺬا اﻟﺪرس:‬ ‫1- ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬أﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Open‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Open Drawing: Project Based‬‬ ‫إن اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر 6002 ‪ C:Land Projects‬ﻓﺈن آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻴﺮت هﺬا اﻟﻤﺴﺎر أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻀﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر.‬ ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Project Name‬اﺧﺘﺮ 2‪ TUTORIAL‬و ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Select Project Drawing‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪Lesson-4.dwg‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Projects‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Workspaces‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Land Desktop‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Land Desktop‬‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ ‪Creating Points Manually‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ رﻗﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط و إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Named Views‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ 1 ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Named‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ Set Current‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫3- اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ Numbering‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ 01 أﻣﺎم ‪) Current number‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 05(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 05‬ ‫4- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Elevations‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Manual‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.OK‬‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ و ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻬﺎ .‪.249 m‬‬ ‫5- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬ ‫6- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ.‬ ‫7- أدﺧﻞ 942 ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺴﻮب ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬ ‫8- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫9- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Descriptions‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Manual‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 15(.‬ ‫- 23 -‬
  • 33. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 15‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي و ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب .‪ 249 m‬و ﺑﻮﺻﻒ هﻮ ‪.BLDG‬‬ ‫01- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬ ‫11- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ.‬ ‫21- ادﺧﻞ ‪ BLDG‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻒ و ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺴﻮب اﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ .‪ 249 m‬و اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Enter‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 25(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 25‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب و وﺻﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪Specifying Automatic Elevations and Descriptions‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ إدراج اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺑﻤﻨﺴﻮب و وﺻﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Elevation‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Automatic‬‬ ‫3- ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟـ ‪ Descriptions‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Automatic‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 35(.‬ ‫- 33 -‬
  • 34. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 35‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮب 942 و ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ‪.BLDG‬‬ ‫4- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬ ‫5- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إدراج اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﺑﻤﻨﺴﻮب .‪ 249 m‬و ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ‪ BLDG‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 45(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 45‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪Creating Points in the Points Database‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻐﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﺎط داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت دون إدراﺟﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ، ﺛﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﺊ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫2- ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ Numbering‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻣﺎم ‪ Insert to Drawing as Created‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 55(.‬ ‫- 43 -‬
  • 35. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 55‬ ‫اﺗﺒﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ رآﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.‬ ‫3- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Manual‬‬ ‫4- ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Endpoint Osnap‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ، اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻴﺘﻢ إدراج اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ، و إدراج ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 65‬ ‫5- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Point Settings‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار ‪.Point Settings‬‬ ‫6- ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Create‬و ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ Numbering‬اﺧﺘﺮ‪ Insert to Drawing as Created‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 55(.‬ ‫7- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Insert Points to Drawing‬ﺛﻢ أدﺧﻞ ‪ N‬ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ Number‬ﺛﻢ ادﺧﻞ 31 ﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ.‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ اﻵن أن اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮآﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 75(.‬ ‫- 53 -‬
  • 36. ‫‪By: Mohamed Raafat Hafez‬‬ ‫‪Autodesk Land Desktop Tutorials‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 75‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ آﺎﺋﻦ ‪Placing Points on an Object‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮآﻨﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ.‬ ‫1- ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Points‬اﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Create Points‬و ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Automatic‬‬ ‫2- اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدي اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﺛﻢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Enter‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ 85(.‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ 85‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎن ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ و اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ.‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ‪Placing Points Along an Alignment‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ اﻧﺤﻴﺎز ‪ Alignment‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ‪ Stations‬ﻣﺤﺪدة و ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪ ،Offset‬أوﻻ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺛﻢ أﺧﺘﺮ اﻟـ ‪ Alignment‬اﻟﻨﺸﻂ أو اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.‬ ‫- 63 -‬